eran6.0 documentation improvement
TRANSCRIPT
wwwhuaweicom
eRAN60 Documentation Improvement
Documentation Dept WN
2013-04
Page 2 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement
1
2
3 One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
Page 3 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Customer Voice
Customer Voice Huawei Action
Features do not have engineering guidelines Wersquove enhanced our Engineering Guidelines in the Feature
Parameter Description The new guidelines contain planning
deploying and maintain features
The definition of frequency diversity scheduling and frequency
selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Wersquove add Figures more Explicit description and clearer
application scenario in Feature Parameter Description
Non complete hardware spec and some information is missing Wersquove add more specification information in Technical
Description and Hardware Description to make it easy for
customers to find the complete information of hardware
specification
The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in
IPSec scenario there lacks information
Wersquove add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the
information needed when deploy a site The document is
packaged in the Commissioning Guide
Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as Wersquove add more configuration scenarios in Reconfiguration
Guide
Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents
Focus on Improvement
Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements
Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features
Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description
Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously
Feature information classified as a doc category
2008 2009
2011
2012
2010
Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description
2013
License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 2 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement
1
2
3 One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
Page 3 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Customer Voice
Customer Voice Huawei Action
Features do not have engineering guidelines Wersquove enhanced our Engineering Guidelines in the Feature
Parameter Description The new guidelines contain planning
deploying and maintain features
The definition of frequency diversity scheduling and frequency
selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Wersquove add Figures more Explicit description and clearer
application scenario in Feature Parameter Description
Non complete hardware spec and some information is missing Wersquove add more specification information in Technical
Description and Hardware Description to make it easy for
customers to find the complete information of hardware
specification
The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in
IPSec scenario there lacks information
Wersquove add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the
information needed when deploy a site The document is
packaged in the Commissioning Guide
Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as Wersquove add more configuration scenarios in Reconfiguration
Guide
Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents
Focus on Improvement
Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements
Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features
Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description
Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously
Feature information classified as a doc category
2008 2009
2011
2012
2010
Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description
2013
License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 3 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Customer Voice
Customer Voice Huawei Action
Features do not have engineering guidelines Wersquove enhanced our Engineering Guidelines in the Feature
Parameter Description The new guidelines contain planning
deploying and maintain features
The definition of frequency diversity scheduling and frequency
selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Wersquove add Figures more Explicit description and clearer
application scenario in Feature Parameter Description
Non complete hardware spec and some information is missing Wersquove add more specification information in Technical
Description and Hardware Description to make it easy for
customers to find the complete information of hardware
specification
The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in
IPSec scenario there lacks information
Wersquove add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the
information needed when deploy a site The document is
packaged in the Commissioning Guide
Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as Wersquove add more configuration scenarios in Reconfiguration
Guide
Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents
Focus on Improvement
Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements
Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features
Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description
Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously
Feature information classified as a doc category
2008 2009
2011
2012
2010
Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description
2013
License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 4 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Application Scenarios of Wireless Documents
Focus on Improvement
Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements
Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features
Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description
Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously
Feature information classified as a doc category
2008 2009
2011
2012
2010
Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description
2013
License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 5 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements
Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features
Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description
Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously
Feature information classified as a doc category
2008 2009
2011
2012
2010
Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description
2013
License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 6 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Continuous Feature-Oriented Improvements
Engineering Guidelines is added in Feature Parameter Description to describe how to PLAN DEPLOY and MAINTAIN features
Network Impact Report is added to describe the impact on the network of newmodified features Related Counter list is added in Feature Parameter Description
Feature delivered at 3 points (PDCP TR5 and GA) instead of 1 point previously
Feature information classified as a doc category
2008 2009
2011
2012
2010
Mapping of Feature ID to Feature Parameter Description is added Related Parameter lists are added in Feature Parameter Description
2013
License control item list is added in Feature Documentation Improving the descriptions about key feature algorithm Related alarm list is added in the troubleshooting chapter of Feature Parameter Description
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 7 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2012 New Feature Engineering Guidelines
RF planning
Planning Suggestions
Plan the Feature Deploy the Feature Maintain the Feature
Network planning
Hardware planning
Hardware Adjustment
Data Preparation
Feature Activation
Reconfiguration
Feature Deactivation
Performance Monitoring
Parameter Optimization
Troubleshooting
Implemented in SRAN60 (GBSS130 RAN130 eRAN21) SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Feature Documentation
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 8 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs the compiled license control information
Action
bull License Control Item Description is added which describes the license control item for each feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
2013 License Control Item is Provided for each Feature
New
Feature Documentation
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 9 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
2013 Improvement on Feature Parameter Reference
About This Document
Overview
Introduction
Benefits
Architecture
Technical Description Related Features
Network Impact
System Capacity
Network Performance
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting Parameters
Counters
Improved the unclear feature definition and
benefit
bull Improved add figures to rich the
technical description
bull Improved more Explicit description and
clearer application scenario
Improved more Practical Troubleshooting
Improved add alarm list
Improved more Valuable Data Preparation
Improved add the missing feature
monitoring
Feature Documentation
Feature Parameter Description
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 10 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improve the Unclear Feature Definition and Benefit
eRAN60 introduces the new ldquoOverviewrdquo chapters in each FPD
including the feature introduction benefits and architecture
improve the unclear definition and benefits
Feature Documentation
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 11 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Figures to Rich the Technical Description
Action add two figures and application scenarios about DL resource
allocation in frequency diversity scheduling and frequency selective
scheduling to help enhance understanding the technical description
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC TI said the definition of frequency diversity scheduling and
frequency selective scheduling in the Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description is unclear and the application scenarios are missing
Feature Documentation
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 12 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Explicit Description and Clearer Application Scenario
eRAN30
Action modify the DL CQI adjustment algorithm in the Scheduling
Feature Parameter Description making it more clear and accurate
VOC TI asked what is the target IBLER value in the DL CQI adjustment
algorithm What is the appropriate value 10 Why choose this
value
Vague description
Explicit description
bull Why the optimum IBLER value is 10
bull Which scenarios apply this value
eRAN60
Feature Documentation
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 13 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Valuable Data Preparation
Action in the Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description the ldquoData Preparationrdquo is improved to give
more parameter setting advise help to decide that the
parameter is set small value or large value
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC how to choose the appropriate value for the
CellReselPriority parameter Larger or small
Feature Documentation
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 14 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Practical Troubleshooting
Action for example in the UL Comp Feature Parameter
Description the ldquotroubleshootingrdquo is rewriting based on actual
field verification and has been actually used to eliminate some
fault
eRAN30
eRAN60
VOC troubleshooting steps are not practical enough can not
guide the actual troubleshooting
Feature Documentation
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 15 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Add alarm lists in the documents if new alarms are introduced after the feature is activated
Action bull Added related alarm lists in the troubleshooting chapter in Feature Parameter Description about the equipment and transmission Eg Synchronization RAN
Sharing Transmission Efficiency Improvement IP Performance Monitor So that you can know newly introduced alarms due to the feature
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add Alarm Lists
Engineering Guidelines
When to Use
Required Information
Planning Deployment
Performance Monitoring
Performance Optimization
Troubleshooting
New
Feature Documentation
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 16 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Page 16
Voices of Customers Need to quote the edition date information of 3GPP agreement
Action
bull Add the section number and edition date of 3GPP agreement in the Feature Parameter Description so that you can location of the
information in 3GPP Agreement more quickly
Implementation
Packaged in Feature Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented in eRAN60
Add the Section Number and Edition Date of 3GPP Agreement
New
Feature Documentation
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 17 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 18 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Non complete product spec and some information is missing
Action
bull Information about signaling specification hardware specification is added
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Add More Information about Product Specification
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 19 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 1
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power
bull Dimension and weight
bull Surge protection specifications
bull Operating temperature and humidity
Technical Description
RF Unit specification Supported Modes and Frequency Bands
bull RX and TX Channels
bull Capacity
bull Receiver Sensitivity
bull Output Power
bull Power Consumption
bull Surge protection specifications
bull CPRI specification (port number interface rate topology cascading Levels)
Technical Description
BBU specification
bull Capacity
bull Transmission specification
bull Signaling specification
CNBAP specification for NodeB
Data radio bearer BHCA RRC_connected users of UMPTLMPT specifications for
eNodeB
signaling specifications for multi-mode base station
bull Baseband specification
bull CPRI specification
bull BBU input power dimension and weight
Technical Description
Add reference to Hardware Description so
that all the specifications can be found in the
Technical Description now
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Base Station - 2
Specification Type Specification Position
BBU board specification
(NodeB)
bull Baseband specification
supported cells
CE
Uplink resource group
HSDPA codes
HSDPA users
HSUPA users
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
BBU board specification
(eNodeB) bull Baseband specification
Supported cells
RRC_connected users of LBBP
RRC_connected users per cell of LBBP
VoIP user per Cell of LBBP
Throughput
bull CPRI specification
port number
interface rate
supported cells
Hardware Description
New
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 21 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Specifications of Controller
Specification Type Specification Position
Cabinet engineering
specification
bull Input power and power consumption
bull Dimension and weight
bull Clock precision and accuracy
bull Operating temperature and humidity
bull Reliability specifications (MTBF and MTTR)
Product Description
Controller capacity
specifications
bull BHCA
bull Traffic volume
bull PS (UL+DL) Data Throughput (for UMTS)
bull Number of NodeBs (for UMTS)
bull Number of cells (for UMTS)
bull Number of TRXs (for GSM)
bull Number of configured PDCHs (for GSM)
bull Number of active PDCHs (MCS-9)(for GSM)
bull Gb interface throughput (for GSM)
Product Description
Subrack specification
bull Dimension and weight
bull Power consumption Hardware Description
Board specifications bullHardware specifications
Power consumption
Dimension and weight
Operating temperature and humidity
bullProcessing capability different board has different processing capability type such as
Session setuprelease times
Number of channel identifiers (CIDs)
CS voice service
Maximum payload throughput
Hardware Description
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 22 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
Need capacity engineering guide There should be more on suggestive actions and details on how to do that
Action
bull Improve capacity monitoring method of each monitoring item including related commands and methods of capacity improvement
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Improvement on Capacity Monitoring Guide
Why
What
How
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 23 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 24 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers The Commissioning Guide canrsquot guide me to deploy a site in IPSec scenario there lacks information
Action
Add the Automatic OMCH Establishment to describe the information needed when deploy a site The document is packaged in the
Commissioning Guide
Implementation
Commissioning Guide covers all information needed when deploy a site now
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-12
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers In the documentation there are parts of the OMCH establishment procedure for which there is very
few information provided or which are not mentioned at all
Action Add the detailed automatic OMCH establishment procedure and the configuration requirements for the transmission network
including the non-IPSec scenario and IPSec scenario
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Commissioning Guide Improvements-22
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 26 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 27 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
More Configuration Scenarios are Provided Voices of Customers Missing configuration guide of some scenarios such as replacing SeGW
Implementation
Packaged in eNodeB Product Documentation and released in Support website
Implemented ineRAN60
New
New
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 28 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Documentation Improvement 2
Feature Documentation
Documents about Product Specification
Documents about Configuration
Documents about Parameter Counter Alarm
Documents about Commissioning
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 29 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Lack the description of parameter disuse
Action
bull Disuse Statement is added in MO and Parameter Changes Alarm Changes and Performance Counter Changes so that you can plan ahead to
avoid the impact to your network
Implementation
Packaged in Release Documents and released with software in Support website
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
Disuse Statement is Provided for Parameter Alarm and Performance Counter
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers
All parameters should be described including reserved parameters Reserved parameters should be renamed
Action
bull Used Reserved Parameter List is to be added which describes the meaning value and usage of the parameters to guides users to
use and configure reserved parameters
Implementation
Packaged in Product Documentation Hedex and released in Support website directly
Implemented in SRAN70 (GBSS140 RAN140 eRAN30) SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
More Transparency of Reserved Parameter
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 31 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Remote handling amp Onsite handling Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Manpower and high costs are required when engineers perform the network
maintenance on sites especially at base stations Therefore after alarms are reported
we need to decide whether it is necessary to send engineers to sites to clear them
bull Engineers frequently forget to bring important tools to the site Time and costs are
wasted the on way back to fetch those tools
bull The ldquoremote handlingrdquo and ldquoonsite handlingrdquo are described separately
bull The onsite preparation reminds engineers which tools and equipment
are necessary
bull Packaged in Product Documentation Implemented in SRAN80
(GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New tools and
equipment are
necessary for
onsite handling
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 32 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Flow Chart amp Detailed Operation
Page 32
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull Senior maintenance engineer I prefer the alarm handling procedure in a
flowchart instead of that in long paragraphs of words
bull Junior maintenance engineer I prefer the detailed and step-by-step
alarm handling instructions
bull Flowcharts for remote handling and onsite handling have been added
bull More detailed instructions are provided
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150
eRAN60)
New
Flowchart
New Detailed
instructions
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 33 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Alarm Reference Optimization Detailed Description
Page 33
Voices of Customers Huawei Action
bull We want to learn about how alarms are
generated and how to clear them
bull Descriptions about detecting and clearing alarms as well as alarm generation
mechanism are added In addition the impacts of alarm detecting on OM experiences
and operations are added
bull For top 25 alarms implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
SRAN70 SRAN80
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 34 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Optimized Alarm Reference
Alarm ID Alarm Name 25800 E1T1 Loss of Signal
25801 E1T1 Alarm Indication Signal
25802 E1T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal
25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End
25880 Ethernet Link Fault
25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault
25900 IP PM Activation Failure
25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure
26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure
26102 ESN Read Failed
26242 Configuration File Damaged
26262 External Clock Reference Problem
26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Too Low
26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWPRSSI Unbalanced
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed
28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
28008 Radio Link Failure
28009 Carrier No Traffic
28010 Carrier Configuration Error
28011 RF Unit RX Channel Fault
28203 Local Cell Unusable
28206 Local Cell Capability Decline
28209 Cell No Traffic
29240 Cell Unavailable
29243 Cell Capability Degraded
29247 Cell PCI Conflict
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 35 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
Customer Voice
Documentation Improvement 2
One Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
4 How to Get Documentation
3
1
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 36 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Change The documents for GUL single-mode 3900 series Base Stations are not separately packaged for release Instead these
documents are packaged in one documentation package
Change Reason
Align with the unified SRAN80 Base Station software release policy
It is easier for customer to understand common points and differences between modes
It is more convenient for customer to manage documentation
Avoid inconsistent update of the same content in different documents
One Product Documentation Package for GUL 3900 Series Base Stations
3900 Series GSM BTS Product
Documentation
3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation
SRAN70 (GBSS140RAN140eRAN30)
SRAN80 (GBSS150RAN150eRAN60)
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB
Product Documentation
3900 Series LTE eNodeB
Product Documentation
MBTS
Product Documentation
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 37 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Content
How to Get Documentation 4
Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
Support Website
HedEx Lite
VIP Discussion
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 38 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Voices of Customers Needs to get the production documentation conveniently when the software is upgraded
Action
bull Add a menu in M2000 GUI and LMT which shows the way to get the product documentation
Implementation
Implemented in SRAN80 (GBSS150 RAN150 eRAN60)
New Obtain Documentation by M2000LMT
M2000
LMT
1
Double click the hdxi file to download the product
documentation to your computer
Note You should have the account for support website
2
3
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 39 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through Navigation
1 After logging in to the
website select a product
from the homepage
2
3
Select a Document Type
Click a document to view it
online or download it
The default document type is
Product Documentation
You are suggested to
select HDX file from the
Product Documentation
Select a product
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 40 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Locate a Document Through the Search Function
A Enter keywords to search on the
homepage of the Support website Or
click the search button to enter the
Advanced Search page
B
C
Search from within a specific node
The scope of the search is limited to
the current node
Filter the search results to locate the
required document more efficiently
Search at the homepage
Search within a node
Filter the search results
Enter keywords
The search scope is the
current node
Filter by product or
document type
Submit your suggestions to
improve the search function
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 41 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Support Enhanced Website Online Functions
Online Browsing
Customers can browse the document through the website without downloading it
Online Scoring
Customers can score the document according to their estimations
Online Feedback
Customers can feed back their suggestions and comments directly
HDX file for online browsing Give scores and feedback directly
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 42 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Brief Introduction to HedEx Lite
HedEx Lite
Simple and easy
to use and require
no installation
Support quick
accurate and
comprehensive search
Centrally manage
Huawei product
documents
Convenient
comment function
Convenient
document feedback
function
Automatically
upgrade product
documents
HedEx Lite is a desktop application developed by Huawei to view Huawei product documents in hdx format HedEx
Lite runs directly without installation and supports the automatic upgrade of product documents
Six convenient features of HedEx Lite
Download it from the homepage of the Support Website
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 43 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Obtain Product Documents Easily
A Log in to HedEx Lite and download
the product documents in hdx format
through the online query function
B After logging in to HedEx Lite if a new
version of an hdx document is released to
the Support Website HedEx Lite will
remind you to upgrade it
Online query and download
Automatic upgrade of product documents
Download
Support
HedEx
Lite
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 44 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Manage Huawei Product Documents Centrally
Manage Huawei
hdx product
document centrally
Manage Huawei
product documents in
other formats centrally
Manage Huawei product documents in
the format of hdx by category
HTML PDF DOC XLS PPT TXT
Support loading the following six
types of documents to HedEx
Lite for reading and searching
Load local documents delivered by Huawei
(not in the format of hdx) to HedEx Lite for
centralized management and use them
through Loading Local Folders
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 45 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
HedEx Lite Load Libraries
A Copy an hdx file to the libraries menu
under the menu of HedEx Lite
B
Add a path of the hdx file through
HDX File Settings
Copy a file to the libraries folder
Add the path
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 46 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
VIP Discussion
TI Project-Wireless Product
+- HedEx Software
+- SRAN Documentation Guide
+- SingleRAN
+-WCDMA-RAN
+-GSM-BSS
+-LTE
+-Pre-sale Documentation
+-Feature Documentation
+-Product Documentation
+-NBI Documentation
+-OSS
VIP Service
httpsupporthuaweicom
VIP Principle
bull For Universal Documentations given reference on how to get them on Documentation area of support website
bull For Pre-sale Documentation and customized documents released in VIP
Universal Documentations are
released in support website
including
bullFeature Documentation
bull Product Documentation
bullNBI Documentation
Visit here to get the
latest version
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Thank you wwwhuaweicom
Better Documentation Better Communication
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 48 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Register and Create an Account in Three Steps
Log in to the Support Website (httpsupporthuaweicom) and
open a common user account
Check your email box to receive a confirmation email sent from
HWSSOhuaweicom and activate your account We
recommend that you register with your work email address
A reminder will pop up when you log in to the website Click
Upgrade Account to upgrade your account to Equipment
Customer so you can have access to all documents
If no reminder pops up upgrade your account from the
homepage of the Support website-gtMy Support-gtMy Account
If you register with your work email the system will automatically
approve your upgrade you will become an Equipment
Customer as soon as you click the Upgrade button
If not you will need a local Huawei employee to approve your
upgrade Please specify the email address of the employee
Register
Upgrade
Approve
Work email address is only used by an internal employee of
a company and typically contains the domain name of the
company for instance xxxhuaweicom
If you register with your work email but a local Huawei employee is
still required to approve your account upgrade contact
supportmasterhuaweicom to register the suffix of your company
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 49 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Improvement Map for all Customer Documentations
2009 2010 2013 2012 2011
Pre-Sale Documentation
Product Documentation
Feature Document
Release Document
Test Document
NBI Document
Focus on Document Structure
Added Network Impact Report
Feature Activation Guide
Engineering Guidelines Added in FPD
Rewrote unclear description in ParaMML Reference such
as may may be etc
Added Spare Parts Catalog
Focus on Counters
Focus on Upgrading and OampM
Focus on Feature amp ParaMML
Focus on Specification amp Capacity
Capacity Monitoring Guide Hardware Specification Parameter Reference
Extend flow chart in measurement units to the
counters
Added Feature ID amp name in the Counter Change Doc Delta Missing
Delivered timely and integrally
Consistency between South Bound and North Bound Data
Integrated Configuration Principle
Added License control item list related alarm list
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New
Page 50 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD
Add Add documents for Co-MPT Base Station including MML Command Reference Parameter Reference Performance Counter
Reference Alarm Reference Event Reference
Add Reason
Co-MPT Base Station is introduced in SRAN80 The documents for Co-MPT Base Station help customer to use Base Station more easily
Add Documents for Co-MPT Base Station
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station MML Command Reference
+- NodeB MML Command Reference
+- eNodeB MML Command Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Reference
+- NodeB Parameter Reference
+- eNodeB Parameter Reference
+- Co-MPT Base Station Parameter Referencexls
+- NodeB Parameter Referencexls
+- eNodeB Parameter Referencexls
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Performance Counter Reference
+- NodeB Performance Counter Reference
+- eNodeB Performance Counter Reference
New
+- Co-MPT Base Station Alarm Reference
+- NodeB Alarm Reference
+- eNodeB Alarm Reference
+- GBTS Alarm Reference
New